diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/using-d-i.po | 360 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/fi/using-d-i.po | 360 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/hu/using-d-i.po | 360 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/using-d-i.po | 360 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/using-d-i.pot | 292 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/using-d-i.po | 364 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ro/using-d-i.po | 358 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/using-d-i.po | 427 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/using-d-i.po | 3779 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi/using-d-i.po | 360 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po | 368 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po | 358 |
12 files changed, 5765 insertions, 1981 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 374a7b2d2..3ce3e2ced 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-01 10:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: galaxico <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -3340,14 +3340,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "Το <command>apt</command> θα πρέπει να έχει ρυθμιστεί ώστε να γνωρίζει από " "πού να ανακτήσει τα πακέτα. Ο εγκαταστάτης φροντίζει γι' αυτό σε μεγάλο " @@ -3356,14 +3354,132 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, οπότε μπορείτε να το ελέγξετε " "και να το διορθώσετε όπως επιθυμείτε μετά την ολοκήρωση της εγκατάστασης." -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3381,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3419,7 +3535,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκου για τα διάφορες ομάδες πακέτων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3433,7 +3549,7 @@ msgstr "" "από αυτές σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3446,7 +3562,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενός άλλου περιβάλλοντος επιφάνειας εργασίας όπως για παράδειγμα το KDE." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3474,7 +3590,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιείτε μια εικόνα DVD ή όποιαδήποτε άλλη μέθοδο εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3494,7 +3610,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3506,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που ανήκουν στις ομάδες που έχετε επιλέξει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3517,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3536,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" "την εγκατάσταση των πακέτων όταν αυτή ξεκινήσει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3555,7 +3671,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3571,13 +3687,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτής." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3592,13 +3708,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3615,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3633,13 +3749,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3662,13 +3778,13 @@ msgstr "" "πρέπει να εκκινήσετε το GNU/Linux από μια δισκέττα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3685,20 +3801,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3710,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr "" "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3723,7 +3839,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3735,14 +3851,14 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης θέλετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3760,7 +3876,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3775,7 +3891,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3785,13 +3901,13 @@ msgstr "" "τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3801,13 +3917,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3819,13 +3935,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3845,7 +3961,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3862,14 +3978,14 @@ msgstr "" "επιστρέψετε στο Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3900,7 +4016,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασία της φόρτωσης και εκκίνησης του πυρήνα του Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3918,13 +4034,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3944,13 +4060,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποιοδήποτε περιεχόμενο υπάρχει από πριν!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3981,13 +4097,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3999,13 +4115,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4019,13 +4135,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4040,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4059,13 +4175,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4079,13 +4195,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4130,13 +4246,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4146,13 +4262,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4162,13 +4278,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4178,13 +4294,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4194,13 +4310,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4230,13 +4346,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4247,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> " #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4262,7 +4378,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>DELO </command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4272,13 +4388,13 @@ msgstr "" "delo.conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4288,7 +4404,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4299,19 +4415,19 @@ msgstr "" "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4332,13 +4448,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4353,13 +4469,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4376,14 +4492,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4417,13 +4533,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4443,7 +4559,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4466,13 +4582,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4483,13 +4599,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4504,7 +4620,7 @@ msgstr "" "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4520,13 +4636,13 @@ msgstr "" "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4538,13 +4654,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4557,7 +4673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4574,13 +4690,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4607,7 +4723,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> για να αλλάξετε και πάλι πίσω στον ίδιο τον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4623,7 +4739,7 @@ msgstr "" "κλείσετε το κέλυφος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4641,7 +4757,7 @@ msgstr "" "με μερικά ωραία χαρακτηριστικά όπως αυτόματη συμπλήρωση και ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4653,7 +4769,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4666,7 +4782,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογους εκσφαλμάτωσης (debugging)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4681,13 +4797,13 @@ msgstr "" "το κέλυφος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4706,7 +4822,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4731,7 +4847,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4741,7 +4857,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4765,7 +4881,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4777,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4811,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4830,7 +4946,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4851,7 +4967,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4868,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index 182f031e3..8410c30a3 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-13 15:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -3150,14 +3150,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "Asetukset on tehtävä jotta <command>apt</command> tietää mistä paketteja " "noudetaan. Asennin tekee tämän melkein automaattisesti arvaamalla käytetyn " @@ -3165,14 +3163,132 @@ msgstr "" "apt/sources.list</filename>. Tiedostoa voi tutkia ja muuttaa mieleisekseen " "kun asennus on valmis." -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3189,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "" "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3223,7 +3339,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävien tilatarpeet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3235,7 +3351,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3247,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr "" "työpöytäympäristöjen, kuten esimerkiksi KDE, valintaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3274,7 +3390,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennustavalla." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3293,7 +3409,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3305,7 +3421,7 @@ msgstr "" "muodostuvat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3315,7 +3431,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyöntinäppäimellä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3333,7 +3449,7 @@ msgstr "" "on alkanut." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3350,7 +3466,7 @@ msgstr "" "testattavaa jakelua näin käy jos käytetään vanhaa otosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3364,13 +3480,13 @@ msgstr "" "pyytävät ne käyttäjältä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3384,13 +3500,13 @@ msgstr "" "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3405,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3421,13 +3537,13 @@ msgstr "" "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan <command>aboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3449,13 +3565,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistettävä levykkeeltä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3471,19 +3587,19 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3495,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr "" "että vanhoille parroille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3507,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3518,13 +3634,13 @@ msgstr "" "päävalikkoon valitsemaan haluttu käynnistyslatain." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3541,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3554,7 +3670,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3564,13 +3680,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennusapaikaksi:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3578,13 +3694,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "uusi Debianin osio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3596,13 +3712,13 @@ msgstr "" "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Muu valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3627,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3643,13 +3759,13 @@ msgstr "" "käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa Debianin käynnistämiseen!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3677,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3694,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3719,13 +3835,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3765,13 +3881,13 @@ msgstr "" "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3786,13 +3902,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoihin." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3806,13 +3922,13 @@ msgstr "" "valinta." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3827,13 +3943,13 @@ msgstr "" "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3845,13 +3961,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3865,13 +3981,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3916,13 +4032,13 @@ msgstr "" "sitten <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3932,13 +4048,13 @@ msgstr "" "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "levy" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3946,13 +4062,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3961,13 +4077,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3977,13 +4093,13 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>delo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4014,13 +4130,13 @@ msgstr "" "varusohjelmiston kehotteeseen." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4030,20 +4146,20 @@ msgstr "" "on <userinput>3</userinput> yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>DELO</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4052,13 +4168,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4068,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4078,19 +4194,19 @@ msgstr "" "ja käynnistetäään oletuskokoonpano, riittää käyttää" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4110,13 +4226,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4131,13 +4247,13 @@ msgstr "" "Computingin klooneille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4153,13 +4269,13 @@ msgstr "" "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4190,13 +4306,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4215,7 +4331,7 @@ msgstr "" "koska GNU/Linux käynnistetään sen kautta.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4236,13 +4352,13 @@ msgstr "" "osio." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Päätetään asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4252,13 +4368,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Päätetään asennus ja käynnistetään" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4272,7 +4388,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4287,13 +4403,13 @@ msgstr "" "aikana." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sekalaista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4304,13 +4420,13 @@ msgstr "" "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4322,7 +4438,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4338,13 +4454,13 @@ msgstr "" "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4370,7 +4486,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4385,7 +4501,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4403,7 +4519,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekstintäydennys ja komentohistoria." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4415,7 +4531,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4427,7 +4543,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytettäväksi jos jokin menee vikaan ja virheenjäljitykseen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4441,13 +4557,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkissa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Etäasennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4464,7 +4580,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4486,7 +4602,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4496,7 +4612,7 @@ msgstr "" "tultua tehdyksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4518,7 +4634,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4530,7 +4646,7 @@ msgstr "" "toinen asentimen osa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4562,7 +4678,7 @@ msgstr "" "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4579,7 +4695,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostosta <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> ja yrittää uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4599,7 +4715,7 @@ msgstr "" "useampia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4615,7 +4731,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä toimii huonosti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po index c54796a49..b07c51435 100644 --- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-14 08:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -3098,14 +3098,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "Az <command>apt</command>-t be kell állítani, hogy tudja a csomagok " "beszerzési helyét. A telepítő nagy gondot fordít ennek automatizálására " @@ -3113,14 +3111,132 @@ msgstr "" "apt/sources.list</filename> fájlba kerülnek és természetesen a telepítés " "után is szerkeszthetők." -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3137,7 +3253,7 @@ msgstr "" "összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3170,7 +3286,7 @@ msgstr "" "igényét." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3183,7 +3299,7 @@ msgstr "" "hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3195,7 +3311,7 @@ msgstr "" "Xfce vagy Kde választását." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3220,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr "" "lemezek használata esetén működik ez a módszer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3239,7 +3355,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3251,7 +3367,7 @@ msgstr "" "választott feladatok részei." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3261,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" "feladat kijelölésének váltásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3277,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésének leállítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3294,7 +3410,7 @@ msgstr "" "használatakor történik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3308,13 +3424,13 @@ msgstr "" "során." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3328,13 +3444,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3349,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian mellett." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3365,13 +3481,13 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentációját." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>aboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3392,13 +3508,13 @@ msgstr "" "oda, ahova a Debiant is telepítetted, a GNU/Linuxot flopiról kell indítanod." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-telepítő" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3414,19 +3530,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> olvas Linux partíciókat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3438,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "" "egyaránt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3450,7 +3566,7 @@ msgstr "" "a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3461,13 +3577,13 @@ msgstr "" "válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3483,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3497,7 +3613,7 @@ msgstr "" "számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3507,13 +3623,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésére:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mester Boot Rekord (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3523,13 +3639,13 @@ msgstr "" "irányítását." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "új Debian partíció" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3541,13 +3657,13 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Más választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3566,7 +3682,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3582,13 +3698,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Az <command>ELILO</command> betöltő telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3615,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" "indítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3631,13 +3747,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> fájlrendszerrel egyező lemezen van." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Válaszd a helyes partíciót!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3654,13 +3770,13 @@ msgstr "" "formázhatja a partíciót a telepítés alatt, letörölheti a korábbi tartalmat!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI Partíció Tartalom" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3688,13 +3804,13 @@ msgstr "" "más fájlok is kerülhetnek e fájlrendszerre." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3706,13 +3822,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájlnevekkel." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3725,13 +3841,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menüpontja mögött." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3745,13 +3861,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájl, melyre a <filename>/initrd.img</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3763,13 +3879,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> következő futtatásakor." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3783,13 +3899,13 @@ msgstr "" "vmlinuz</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3832,13 +3948,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command> parancs." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3847,13 +3963,13 @@ msgstr "" ": az indítandó SCSI busz, <userinput>0</userinput> az alaplapi vezérlőknél" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "lemez" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3862,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr "" ": a merevlemez SCSI azonosítója, melyre az <command>arboot</command> települt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "part.sz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3878,13 +3994,13 @@ msgstr "" "bejegyzés neve, alapban <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3892,13 +4008,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr ": a " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3925,13 +4041,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> a firmware jelnél." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3941,13 +4057,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput> az alaplapi vezérlőknél" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3955,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" ": a merevlemez SCSI azonosítója, melyre a <command>DELO</command> települt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3963,13 +4079,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr ": a <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> fájl tartalmazó partíció száma" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "név" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3979,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "neve, alapban <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3989,19 +4105,19 @@ msgstr "" "konfiguráció indítandó, elég ennyi:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Yaboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4020,13 +4136,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware beállításra kerül a &debian; indítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Quik</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4039,13 +4155,13 @@ msgstr "" "beállítását. Ez megy a 7200, 7300 és 7600 gépeken és pár másolatán." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4061,13 +4177,13 @@ msgstr "" "több <command>ZIPL</command> adatért." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>SILO</command> boot betöltő telepítése merevlemezre" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4096,13 +4212,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha e GNU/Linux rendszeredet egy SunOS/Solaris mellé telepíted." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4120,7 +4236,7 @@ msgstr "" "megtartása és használata a GNU/Linux indításához.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4141,13 +4257,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "A telepítés befejezése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4157,13 +4273,13 @@ msgstr "" "feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "A telepítés befejezése és az újraindítás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4177,7 +4293,7 @@ msgstr "" "rendszerre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4191,13 +4307,13 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára választott DASD eszközről." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Egyebek" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4208,13 +4324,13 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4226,7 +4342,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> könyvtárba." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4242,13 +4358,13 @@ msgstr "" "jelentésbe." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4273,7 +4389,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> gombokat a telepítőre visszaváltáshoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4288,7 +4404,7 @@ msgstr "" "lezárásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4305,7 +4421,7 @@ msgstr "" "szép képességgel mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4317,7 +4433,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> könyvtárban találhatók." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4329,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4342,13 +4458,13 @@ msgstr "" "a csere partíció bekapcsolására és ne tedd a héjból." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4365,7 +4481,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> részben írtak szerint.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4386,7 +4502,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4396,7 +4512,7 @@ msgstr "" "után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4417,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról folytató személy</quote> számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4429,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "kiválasztható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4461,7 +4577,7 @@ msgstr "" "gép ujjlenyomata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4480,7 +4596,7 @@ msgstr "" "kapcsolódsz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4499,7 +4615,7 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4514,7 +4630,7 @@ msgstr "" "telepített rendszeren." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 51857df59..7fbe3a1da 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-08 21:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -3047,28 +3047,144 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "<command>apt</command>는 꾸러미를 가져올 위치를 알고 있어야 합니다. 설치 프로" "그램은 사용하는 설치 미디어에 따라 꾸러미 위치를 대부분 자동으로 설점해줍니" "다. 설정 결과는 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>에 기록되며 설치 과" "정이끝난 후 이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 수정할 수 있습니다." -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어를 선택하고 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3085,7 +3201,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3118,7 +3234,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3130,7 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" "시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3141,7 +3257,7 @@ msgstr "" "로그램에 있는 옵션으로는 KDE같은 다른 데스크탑 환경을 선택할 수 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3166,7 +3282,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3184,7 +3300,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>; 웹 서버: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3196,7 +3312,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3206,7 +3322,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3223,7 +3339,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3240,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "" "CD 이미지를 사용한 경우 이런 일이 발생합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3253,13 +3369,13 @@ msgstr "" "자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3273,13 +3389,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3294,7 +3410,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3309,13 +3425,13 @@ msgstr "" "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3336,13 +3452,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3358,19 +3474,19 @@ msgstr "" "문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3382,7 +3498,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3394,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr "" "한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 안내서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3405,13 +3521,13 @@ msgstr "" "에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3427,7 +3543,7 @@ msgstr "" "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3440,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr "" "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3450,13 +3566,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3465,13 +3581,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3482,13 +3598,13 @@ msgstr "" "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3507,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 및 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3523,13 +3639,13 @@ msgstr "" "필요합니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3556,7 +3672,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3572,13 +3688,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3595,13 +3711,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3630,13 +3746,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3648,13 +3764,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3668,13 +3784,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3688,13 +3804,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3706,13 +3822,13 @@ msgstr "" "어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3726,13 +3842,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3774,13 +3890,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3790,13 +3906,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3804,13 +3920,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3818,13 +3934,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3834,13 +3950,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3868,13 +3984,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3884,20 +4000,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3905,13 +4021,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3921,7 +4037,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3931,19 +4047,19 @@ msgstr "" "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3962,13 +4078,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3982,13 +4098,13 @@ msgstr "" "품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4004,13 +4120,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4040,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4063,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr "" "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4084,13 +4200,13 @@ msgstr "" "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4100,13 +4216,13 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4119,7 +4235,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4133,13 +4249,13 @@ msgstr "" "팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4150,13 +4266,13 @@ msgstr "" "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4167,7 +4283,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4182,13 +4298,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4213,7 +4329,7 @@ msgstr "" "설치 프로그램으로 다시 돌아올 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4227,7 +4343,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>exit</userinput>를 입력해서 쉘을 닫으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4244,7 +4360,7 @@ msgstr "" "같은 훌륭한 기능도 일부 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4256,7 +4372,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4268,7 +4384,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4281,13 +4397,13 @@ msgstr "" "설치 프로그램에서 알아서 하도록 놔두고 쉘에서 직접 하지 않도록 하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4304,7 +4420,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4325,7 +4441,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4335,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4355,7 +4471,7 @@ msgstr "" "치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4366,7 +4482,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4396,7 +4512,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4413,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4432,7 +4548,7 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4447,7 +4563,7 @@ msgstr "" "발생할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 31dbf6fa8..c53e4ef62 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1580,341 +1580,401 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." +msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in another language than English: a number of font and localization packages are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to select a different desktop environment such as for example KDE." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer<footnote> <para> A more lightweight Xfce desktop environment can be selected by using <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> instead of <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. If you are installing on a laptop, you could also add <literal>laptop</literal> to the tasks to be installed. </para> </footnote>. However, this will only work if the packages needed for KDE are actually available. If you are installing using a full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the tasks you've selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use <phrase condition=\"etch\">devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\">traditional device names</phrase> such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1927,61 +1987,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1990,265 +2050,265 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2257,25 +2317,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index 9b896cc09..734bdec08 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-05 11:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -3250,14 +3250,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "O <command>apt</command> tem de ser configurado de modo a que saiba de onde " "obter os pacotes. O instalador toma conta disto automaticamente em grande " @@ -3266,14 +3264,132 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, e você pode examinar e editá-lo ao seu gosto após a instalação " "estar completa." -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3291,7 +3407,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3325,7 +3441,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3338,7 +3454,7 @@ msgstr "" "não instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3350,7 +3466,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolher um ambiente de desktop diferente como por exemplo, o KDE." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3381,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr "" "imagem de DVD ou qualquer outro método de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3400,7 +3516,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3412,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarefas que escolheu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3422,7 +3538,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3440,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr "" "não existe opção para cancelar a instalação de pacotes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3459,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "" "antiga." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3474,13 +3590,13 @@ msgstr "" "este processo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3495,13 +3611,13 @@ msgstr "" "sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3517,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3534,13 +3650,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3562,13 +3678,13 @@ msgstr "" "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3585,19 +3701,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3610,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" "experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3622,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3634,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3657,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3671,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3681,13 +3797,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3697,13 +3813,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3715,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3738,11 +3854,11 @@ msgstr "" "que começam por <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</" "filename>, e <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, assim como os nomes " "tradicionais de dispositivos,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\">nomes " -"tradicionais de dispositivos</phrase> tais como <filename>/dev/hda</filename> " -"ou <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +"tradicionais de dispositivos</phrase> tais como <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> ou <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3758,14 +3874,14 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar outro método para voltar ao Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3794,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr "" "de carregar e arrancar o kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3812,13 +3928,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3837,13 +3953,13 @@ msgstr "" "anterior!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3873,13 +3989,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3891,13 +4007,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3911,13 +4027,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3932,13 +4048,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3951,13 +4067,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3971,13 +4087,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4021,13 +4137,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4037,13 +4153,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4052,13 +4168,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4067,13 +4183,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4083,13 +4199,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4118,13 +4234,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4134,13 +4250,13 @@ msgstr "" "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4148,7 +4264,7 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4157,13 +4273,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "nome" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4173,7 +4289,7 @@ msgstr "" "omissão <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4184,19 +4300,19 @@ msgstr "" "para a sua utilização." #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4217,13 +4333,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4238,13 +4354,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4261,13 +4377,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4299,13 +4415,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4324,7 +4440,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4346,13 +4462,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4362,13 +4478,13 @@ msgstr "" "Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4382,7 +4498,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4396,13 +4512,13 @@ msgstr "" "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4414,13 +4530,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4432,7 +4548,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4448,13 +4564,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4480,7 +4596,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4496,7 +4612,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>exit</userinput> para fechar a shell e voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4514,7 +4630,7 @@ msgstr "" "agradáveis como auto-completar e histórico." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4526,7 +4642,7 @@ msgstr "" "encontrados no directório <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4538,7 +4654,7 @@ msgstr "" "de alguma coisa correr mal e para depuração." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4552,13 +4668,13 @@ msgstr "" "não o faça você mesmo a partir da shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4576,7 +4692,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4599,7 +4715,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4609,7 +4725,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4632,7 +4748,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4644,7 +4760,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4676,7 +4792,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4694,7 +4810,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4714,7 +4830,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4730,7 +4846,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po index 37a4eed44..c315897fc 100644 --- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 02:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2958,22 +2958,138 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2985,7 +3101,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3005,7 +3121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3014,7 +3130,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3023,7 +3139,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3041,7 +3157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3053,7 +3169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3062,7 +3178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3070,7 +3186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3082,7 +3198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3094,7 +3210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3104,13 +3220,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3120,13 +3236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3137,7 +3253,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3148,13 +3264,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3168,13 +3284,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3185,19 +3301,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3206,7 +3322,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3215,7 +3331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3224,13 +3340,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3241,7 +3357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3251,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3259,13 +3375,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3273,13 +3389,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3288,13 +3404,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3307,7 +3423,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3318,13 +3434,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3341,7 +3457,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3353,13 +3469,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3371,13 +3487,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3395,13 +3511,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3410,13 +3526,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3426,13 +3542,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3442,13 +3558,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3457,13 +3573,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3473,13 +3589,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3504,13 +3620,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3518,13 +3634,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3532,13 +3648,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3546,13 +3662,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3560,13 +3676,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3583,13 +3699,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3597,20 +3713,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3618,13 +3734,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3632,7 +3748,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3640,19 +3756,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3665,13 +3781,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3681,13 +3797,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3698,13 +3814,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3722,13 +3838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3740,7 +3856,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3754,13 +3870,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3768,13 +3884,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3784,7 +3900,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3794,13 +3910,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3809,13 +3925,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3824,7 +3940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3835,13 +3951,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -3857,7 +3973,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -3868,7 +3984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3880,7 +3996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -3889,7 +4005,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -3898,7 +4014,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -3908,13 +4024,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3926,7 +4042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3940,7 +4056,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3948,7 +4064,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3962,7 +4078,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3971,7 +4087,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3990,7 +4106,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4002,7 +4118,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4015,7 +4131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4026,7 +4142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index 884f2420a..386e6f2cc 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-27 21:51+0400\n" "Last-Translator: D-R L10N Team <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:5 @@ -353,7 +354,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "Ищет файловые системы ISO в приводе CD-ROM или на жёстком диске." #. Tag: term @@ -452,7 +454,8 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "" "Автоматически создаёт разделы на всём диске, согласно заданным пользователем " "установкам." @@ -557,7 +560,8 @@ msgstr "user-setup" #: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." -msgstr "Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." +msgstr "" +"Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:314 @@ -659,7 +663,8 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" "Позволяет пользователю вызвать интерпретатор командной строки из меню или на " "второй консоли." @@ -1324,8 +1329,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах." +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" +"LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:830 @@ -2862,7 +2869,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " "installation." -msgstr "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." +msgstr "" +"После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1749 @@ -3202,14 +3210,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "Пакету <command>apt</command> нужно указать откуда получать пакеты. " "Программа установки делает это автоматически, основываясь на том, с какого " @@ -3217,14 +3223,132 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, и вы можете проверить и изменить " "его по желаю после завершения установки." -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3241,7 +3365,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3276,7 +3400,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для доступных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3289,7 +3413,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3301,7 +3425,7 @@ msgstr "" "другое окружение рабочего стола, например, KDE." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3331,7 +3455,7 @@ msgstr "" "если используется DVD-образ или другой метод установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3349,7 +3473,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>postgresql</classname>; веб-сервер: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3360,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr "" "начнёт установку пакетов, которые являются частью указанных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3370,7 +3494,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3387,7 +3511,7 @@ msgstr "" "времени. После начала установки пакетов её никак нельзя прервать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3405,7 +3529,7 @@ msgstr "" "происходить, если у вас устаревший образ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3420,13 +3544,13 @@ msgstr "" "этого процесса." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3440,13 +3564,13 @@ msgstr "" "по умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3462,7 +3586,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3478,13 +3602,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3506,13 +3630,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3528,19 +3652,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3552,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3565,7 +3690,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3577,13 +3702,14 @@ msgstr "" "хотите использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3600,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3614,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3624,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3640,13 +3766,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "новый раздел Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3658,13 +3784,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3678,14 +3804,13 @@ msgstr "" "Полезен для опытных пользователей, которые хотят установить <command>LILO</" "command> куда-то ещё. Вас попросят указать желаемое размещение. Вы можете " "использовать имена <phrase condition=\"etch\">в стиле devfs, то есть те, " -"которые начинаются с <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, " -"<filename>/dev/scsi</filename> и <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, а также " -"традиционные имена,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\"> традиционные " -"имена устройств:</phrase> <filename>/dev/hda</filename> или " -"<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +"которые начинаются с <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</" +"filename> и <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, а также традиционные имена,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\"> традиционные имена устройств:</phrase> " +"<filename>/dev/hda</filename> или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3701,13 +3826,14 @@ msgstr "" "искать какой-то другой способ, чтобы попасть обратно в Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3735,7 +3861,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3752,13 +3878,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3776,13 +3902,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3812,13 +3938,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3830,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3850,13 +3976,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3871,13 +3997,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3889,13 +4015,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3909,13 +4035,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3959,13 +4085,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3975,42 +4101,44 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " "installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" "filename> resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4020,13 +4148,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4054,13 +4182,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4071,33 +4199,36 @@ msgstr "" "встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " "resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4107,7 +4238,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4117,19 +4248,20 @@ msgstr "" "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4149,13 +4281,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4170,13 +4303,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4192,13 +4325,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4229,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4254,7 +4388,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4276,13 +4410,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4292,13 +4426,13 @@ msgstr "" "уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4312,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr "" "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4326,13 +4460,13 @@ msgstr "" "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4344,13 +4478,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4362,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4378,13 +4512,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4411,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4427,7 +4561,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки, введите <userinput>exit</userinput> для завершения оболочки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4445,7 +4579,7 @@ msgstr "" "автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4457,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4469,7 +4603,7 @@ msgstr "" "что-то заработает неправильно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4483,13 +4617,13 @@ msgstr "" "самостоятельно из оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4507,7 +4641,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4529,7 +4663,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4539,7 +4673,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4561,7 +4695,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4573,7 +4707,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4604,7 +4738,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4622,7 +4756,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4642,7 +4776,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4657,7 +4791,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4665,4 +4799,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять " "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения." - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index 124f94fac..fe9ecdd9d 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-15 21:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,62 +29,184 @@ msgstr "Hur installationsprogrammet fungerar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." -msgstr "Debians installationsprogram innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren vars svar behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installationsprogrammet startas." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to " +"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the " +"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are " +"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the " +"installer is started." +msgstr "" +"Debians installationsprogram innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella " +"ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent " +"gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren vars svar behövs för att " +"utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för " +"frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installationsprogrammet " +"startas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." -msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." +msgid "" +"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) " +"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation " +"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in " +"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " +"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " +"questions that are not asked." +msgstr "" +"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög " +"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad " +"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter " +"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen " +"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. " +"Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som " +"inte ställs." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn utan kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Meddelanden om allvarliga fel har <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." +msgid "" +"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer " +"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are " +"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " +"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " +"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och " +"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte " +"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn utan " +"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. " +"Meddelanden om allvarliga fel har <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att " +"användaren alltid blir notifierad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installationsprogrammet använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." +msgid "" +"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing " +"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force " +"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " +"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." +msgstr "" +"Några av de förvalda värden som installationsprogrammet använder kan ges " +"genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel " +"du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som " +"standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=" +"\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installationsprogrammet genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installationsprogrammet på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each " +"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " +"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" +"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet " +"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att " +"installationsprogrammet genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att " +"använda installationsprogrammet på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga " +"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installationsprogrammet i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installationsprogrammet eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." +msgid "" +"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are " +"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> " +"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command " +"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over " +"&d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när " +"de installeras behöver du starta upp installationsprogrammet i " +"<quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda " +"kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installationsprogrammet " +"eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</" +"userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "Det normala installationsprogrammet är teckenbaserat (i motsats till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön, istället används tangenter för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. Dessutom går det att, i långa listor, trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte. Det går också att använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Blanksteg</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." +msgid "" +"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more " +"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this " +"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various " +"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The " +"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items " +"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in " +"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to " +"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-" +"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " +"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " +"&enterkey; to activate choices." +msgstr "" +"Det normala installationsprogrammet är teckenbaserat (i motsats till det nu " +"mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön, " +"istället används tangenter för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</" +"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och " +"<keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och " +"rullar även själva listan. Dessutom går det att, i långa listor, trycka en " +"bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den bokstav du " +"tryckte. Det går också att använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</" +"keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Blanksteg</keycap> väljer en " +"post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 #, no-c-format -msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." -msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh " +"session to view the logs described below." +msgstr "" +"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och " +"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här " +"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster " +"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 #, no-c-format -msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." +msgid "" +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra " +"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under " +"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn " +"har startats om till det nya systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 @@ -95,8 +217,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each " +"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular " +"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje " +"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik " +"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:118 @@ -107,14 +235,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." -msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." +msgid "" +"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and " +"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to " +"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the " +"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error " +"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded " +"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu " +"may appear." +msgstr "" +"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar " +"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium " +"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är " +"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som " +"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för " +"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the &BTN-GOBACK; button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." -msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." +msgid "" +"You can get to the main menu by selecting the &BTN-GOBACK; button repeatedly " +"to back all the way out of the currently running component." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen flera " +"gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 @@ -125,8 +270,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installationsprogrammet kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " +"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " +"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " +"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: " +"språk, land och lokaler. Installationsprogrammet kommer att visa meddelanden " +"på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett " +"och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 @@ -137,8 +290,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." -msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst." +msgid "" +"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " +"matches his own." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell " +"som passar bäst." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:158 @@ -149,8 +306,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." -msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " +"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive " +"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:167 @@ -173,8 +334,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." -msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet." +msgid "" +"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot " +"Internet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:184 @@ -185,8 +350,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." -msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:193 @@ -197,8 +364,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." -msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket." +msgid "" +"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " +"his installation packages." +msgstr "" +"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan " +"för sina installationspaket." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:202 @@ -209,8 +380,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way, the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." -msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." +msgid "" +"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way, the user may assure him/herself that " +"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare " +"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:211 @@ -221,8 +396,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." -msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)." +msgid "" +"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " +"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some " +"features)." +msgstr "" +"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick " +"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa " +"funktioner)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:221 @@ -233,8 +414,12 @@ msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." -msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva." +msgid "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " +"chosen mirror or CD." +msgstr "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda " +"spegeln eller cd-skiva." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:230 @@ -245,8 +430,17 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " +"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. " +"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM " +"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa " +"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. " +"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge " +"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i " +"Debian." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:242 @@ -257,8 +451,11 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." -msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från " +"användaren." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:251 @@ -269,8 +466,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " +"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett " +"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:261 @@ -281,8 +482,12 @@ msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." -msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner." +msgid "" +"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " +"partitions according to user instructions." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna " +"enligt användarens instruktioner." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:270 @@ -293,8 +498,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." -msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)." +msgid "" +"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " +"(Logical Volume Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk " +"volymhantering)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:279 @@ -305,8 +514,15 @@ msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." -msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-styrkort som finns på nyare moderkort." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the " +"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> " +"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt " +"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-styrkort som " +"finns på nyare moderkort." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:290 @@ -353,8 +569,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart." +msgid "" +"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " +"operate under Linux when rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra " +"Linux efter omstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:323 @@ -365,8 +585,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from." -msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installationsprogrammet körs från." +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som " +"installationsprogrammet körs från." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:332 @@ -377,8 +601,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software." -msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara." +msgid "" +"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera " +"ytterligare programvara." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:340 @@ -389,8 +617,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." -msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " +"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability " +"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way " +"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar " +"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten " +"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det " +"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska " +"startas vid uppstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:352 @@ -401,8 +639,17 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." +msgid "" +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." +msgstr "" +"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett " +"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska " +"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många " +"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje " +"gång datorn startas." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:363 @@ -413,8 +660,10 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:372 @@ -425,8 +674,15 @@ msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." +msgid "" +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." +msgstr "" +"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, " +"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka " +"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-" +"utvecklarna." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 @@ -437,8 +693,20 @@ msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." -msgstr "I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " +"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for " +"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note " +"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " +"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" +"I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i " +"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av " +"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. " +"Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; " +"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder " +"och på din maskinvara." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:403 @@ -449,14 +717,43 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av Debians installationsprogram och maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " +msgid "" +"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " +"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It " +"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task " +"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can " +"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and " +"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to " +"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " +"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " +"mirror)." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första " +"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska " +"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras " +"eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av " +"att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, " +"lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett " +"kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med " +"viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt " +"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." -msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installationsprogrammet (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " +msgid "" +"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" +"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted " +"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " +"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " +"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av " +"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är " +"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för " +"installationsprogrammet (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom " +"alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen " +"behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:432 @@ -467,44 +764,112 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne / minimalt minnesläge" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." -msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system." +msgid "" +"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " +"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " +"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. " +"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra " +"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera " +"&debian; på ditt system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to disable translations, which means that the installation can only be done in English. Of course, you can still localize the installed system after the installation has completed." -msgstr "Den första åtgärden man kan göra för att minska installationsprogrammets minneskonsumtion är att inaktivera översättningar, vilket betyder att installationen endast kan göras på engelska. Du kan så klart fortfarande lokalanpassa det installerade system tefter installationen har färdigställts." +msgid "" +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations, which means that the installation can only be done in " +"English. Of course, you can still localize the installed system after the " +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" +"Den första åtgärden man kan göra för att minska installationsprogrammets " +"minneskonsumtion är att inaktivera översättningar, vilket betyder att " +"installationen endast kan göras på engelska. Du kan så klart fortfarande " +"lokalanpassa det installerade system tefter installationen har färdigställts." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:448 #, no-c-format -msgid "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory consumption by loading only those components essential to complete a basic installation. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause the installation to fail." -msgstr "Om detta inte är tillräckligt kommer installationsprogrammet att minska minnesbehovet ytterligare genom att enbart läsa in de komponenter som är nödvändiga för att genomföra en grundinstallation. Det här minskar installationssystemets funktionalitet. Du kommer att ges möjlighet att läsa in individuella komponenter manuellt, men du ska vara medveten om att varje komponent du väljer använder ytterligare minne och kan således göra att installationen misslyckas." +msgid "" +"If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory " +"consumption by loading only those components essential to complete a basic " +"installation. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You " +"will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but " +"you should be aware that each component you select will use additional " +"memory and thus may cause the installation to fail." +msgstr "" +"Om detta inte är tillräckligt kommer installationsprogrammet att minska " +"minnesbehovet ytterligare genom att enbart läsa in de komponenter som är " +"nödvändiga för att genomföra en grundinstallation. Det här minskar " +"installationssystemets funktionalitet. Du kommer att ges möjlighet att läsa " +"in individuella komponenter manuellt, men du ska vara medveten om att varje " +"komponent du väljer använder ytterligare minne och kan således göra att " +"installationen misslyckas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:457 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a relatively large swap partition (64–128MB). The swap partition will be used as virtual memory and thus increases the amount of memory available to the system. The installer will activate the swap partition as early as possible in the installation process. Note that heavy use of swap will reduce performance of your system and may lead to high disk activity." -msgstr "När installationsprogrammet har anpassat sig till ett litet minne så bör du skapa en förhållandevis stor växlingspartition (64–128 MB). Växlingspartitionen används som virtuellt minne och ökar således mängden minne som är tillgängligt för systemet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda växlingspartitionen så snart som möjligt i installationsprocessen. Observera att mycket användning av växlingsutrymmet kommer att minska ditt systems prestanda och kan leda till hög nyttjandegrad av systemets disk." +msgid "" +"If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a " +"relatively large swap partition (64–128MB). The swap partition will be " +"used as virtual memory and thus increases the amount of memory available to " +"the system. The installer will activate the swap partition as early as " +"possible in the installation process. Note that heavy use of swap will " +"reduce performance of your system and may lead to high disk activity." +msgstr "" +"När installationsprogrammet har anpassat sig till ett litet minne så bör du " +"skapa en förhållandevis stor växlingspartition (64–128 MB). " +"Växlingspartitionen används som virtuellt minne och ökar således mängden " +"minne som är tillgängligt för systemet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att " +"använda växlingspartitionen så snart som möjligt i installationsprocessen. " +"Observera att mycket användning av växlingsutrymmet kommer att minska ditt " +"systems prestanda och kan leda till hög nyttjandegrad av systemets disk." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:467 #, no-c-format -msgid "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that unexpected errors occur or that processes are killed by the kernel because the system runs out of memory (which will result in <quote>Out of memory</quote> messages on VT4 and in the syslog)." -msgstr "Trots dessa åtgärder är det ändå möjligt att ditt system låser sig, att oväntade fel uppstår eller att processer avslutas av kärnan för att systemet har slut på minne (vilket resulterar i <quote>Out of memory</quote>-meddelanden på VT4 och i systemloggen)." +msgid "" +"Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that " +"unexpected errors occur or that processes are killed by the kernel because " +"the system runs out of memory (which will result in <quote>Out of memory</" +"quote> messages on VT4 and in the syslog)." +msgstr "" +"Trots dessa åtgärder är det ändå möjligt att ditt system låser sig, att " +"oväntade fel uppstår eller att processer avslutas av kärnan för att systemet " +"har slut på minne (vilket resulterar i <quote>Out of memory</quote>-" +"meddelanden på VT4 och i systemloggen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:474 #, no-c-format -msgid "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails in low memory mode when there is insufficient swap space. If a larger swap doesn't help, try creating the file system as ext2 (which is an essential component of the installer) instead. It is possible to change an ext2 partition to ext3 after the installation." -msgstr "Det har till exempel rapporterats om misslyckanden med att skapa ett stort filsystem av typen ext3 i lågminnesläget, när det finns för lite växlingsutrymme. Om ett stort växlingsutrymme inte hjälper, prova då istället att skapa filsystemet som ext2 (vilket är en basfunktion i installationsprogrammet). Det är möjligt att ändra en ext2-partition till ext3 efter installationen." +msgid "" +"For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails " +"in low memory mode when there is insufficient swap space. If a larger swap " +"doesn't help, try creating the file system as ext2 (which is an essential " +"component of the installer) instead. It is possible to change an ext2 " +"partition to ext3 after the installation." +msgstr "" +"Det har till exempel rapporterats om misslyckanden med att skapa ett stort " +"filsystem av typen ext3 i lågminnesläget, när det finns för lite " +"växlingsutrymme. Om ett stort växlingsutrymme inte hjälper, prova då " +"istället att skapa filsystemet som ext2 (vilket är en basfunktion i " +"installationsprogrammet). Det är möjligt att ändra en ext2-partition till " +"ext3 efter installationen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:482 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the one based on available memory by using the boot parameter <quote>lowmem</quote> as described in <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att tvinga installationsprogrammet till att använda en högre lowmem-nivå än den som är baserad på tillgängligt minne genom att använda uppstartsparametern <quote>lowmem</quote> som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the " +"one based on available memory by using the boot parameter <quote>lowmem</" +"quote> as described in <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att tvinga installationsprogrammet till att använda en högre " +"lowmem-nivå än den som är baserad på tillgängligt minne genom att använda " +"uppstartsparametern <quote>lowmem</quote> som beskrivs i <xref linkend=" +"\"installer-args\"/>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:497 @@ -515,38 +880,104 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalanpassningsalternativ" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:499 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokalanpassningsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokalanpassningsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler." +msgid "" +"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " +"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"locales." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av " +"lokalanpassningsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen " +"och för det installerade systemet. Lokalanpassningsalternativen består av " +"språk, land och lokaler." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:506 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." -msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installationsprogrammet att falla tillbaka på engelska." +msgid "" +"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " +"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " +"default to English." +msgstr "" +"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om " +"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig " +"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer " +"installationsprogrammet att falla tillbaka på engelska." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." -msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord." +msgid "" +"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " +"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " +"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " +"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " +"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans " +"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att " +"välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:520 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." -msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalanpassning eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " +"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself " +"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper " +"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top " +"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale " +"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " +"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " +"package will not be installed." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på " +"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra " +"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan " +"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra " +"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett " +"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter " +"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för " +"lokalanpassning eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer " +"att installeras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:532 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." -msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler finns för det språket men med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer det landet att automatiskt väljas." +msgid "" +"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose " +"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " +"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " +"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " +"selected automatically." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett " +"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler finns för det " +"språket men med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att " +"bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> " +"i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade " +"efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer " +"det landet att automatiskt väljas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:550 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " +"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " +"locales to be generated for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. " +"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten " +"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska " +"genereras för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:565 @@ -557,26 +988,70 @@ msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." +msgid "" +"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " +"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something " +"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system " +"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " +"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " +"have completed the installation)." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj " +"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som " +"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När " +"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en " +"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> " +"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:577 #, no-c-format -msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." -msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." +msgid "" +"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " +"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " +"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " +"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " +"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." +msgstr "" +"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. " +"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats " +"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av " +"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna " +"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format -msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." -msgstr "På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." +msgid "" +"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " +"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 " +"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS " +"kernel development." +msgstr "" +"På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell " +"tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans " +"standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det " +"beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:593 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." -msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." +msgid "" +"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " +"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</" +"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key " +"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us " +"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " +"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " +"layouts are similar." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten " +"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten " +"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten " +"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), " +"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på " +"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-" +"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:623 @@ -587,26 +1062,79 @@ msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format -msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." -msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." +msgid "" +"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " +"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " +"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" +"scan</command> does exactly this." +msgstr "" +"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du " +"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian " +"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten " +"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:631 #, no-c-format -msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." -msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild." +msgid "" +"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " +"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially " +"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>." +"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only " +"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. " +"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not " +"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its " +"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " +"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " +"another image." +msgstr "" +"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter " +"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker " +"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller " +"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första " +"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av " +"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/" +"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild " +"har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att " +"fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första " +"fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en " +"annan avbild." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." -msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installationsprogrammet misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." +msgid "" +"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " +"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " +"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installationsprogrammet " +"misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill " +"genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se " +"på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:655 #, no-c-format -msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." -msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för installationsprogrammet, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." +msgid "" +"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " +"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is " +"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a " +"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " +"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " +"second console." +msgstr "" +"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för " +"installationsprogrammet, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem " +"och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</" +"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och " +"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare " +"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:676 @@ -617,26 +1145,93 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:678 #, no-c-format -msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." -msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." +msgid "" +"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " +"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your " +"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want " +"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this " +"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is " +"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." +msgstr "" +"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än " +"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska " +"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du " +"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli " +"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare " +"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> " +"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" +"citerefentry>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." +msgid "" +"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " +"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it " +"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a " +"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your " +"local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on " +"the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " +"if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really " +"slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt " +"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan " +"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte " +"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara " +"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare " +"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I " +"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du " +"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga " +"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:701 #, no-c-format -msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." -msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +msgid "" +"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " +"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and " +"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a " +"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your " +"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " +"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor " +"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, " +"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett " +"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange " +"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</" +"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=" +"\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the offered defaults — if necessary, you can change them by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has been installed." -msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske, eller kanske inte, tycker är smidiga: programmet antar att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcast-adressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd dessa standardvärden — du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om det behövs, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat." +msgid "" +"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " +"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " +"address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the " +"bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the " +"netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these " +"answers, use the offered defaults — if necessary, you can change them " +"by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has " +"been installed." +msgstr "" +"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske, eller kanske inte, tycker är smidiga: " +"programmet antar att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-" +"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcast-adressen är " +"bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den " +"kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här " +"svaren, använd dessa standardvärden — du kan ändra dem när systemet " +"har installerats, om det behövs, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:758 @@ -647,8 +1242,20 @@ msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:759 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." +msgid "" +"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " +"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to " +"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of " +"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " +"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " +"related issues like LVM or RAID devices." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en " +"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens " +"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här " +"avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är " +"partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter " +"och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:781 @@ -659,74 +1266,182 @@ msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:783 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina hårddiskar. Om du känner dig osäker med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " +"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina hårddiskar. Om du känner dig osäker " +"med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that this will make any existing data on that disk inaccessible." +"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " +"detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does " +"not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few " +"sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Note that this will make any existing data on " +"that disk inaccessible." msgstr "" -"Om en hårddisk tidigare har använts under Solaris, kommer kanske inte partitioneraren att identifiera storleken på enheten korrekt. Skapa en ny partitionstabell rättar inte till det här problemet. Vad som hjälper är att <quote>nolla</quote> de första sektorerna på enheten: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att det här kommer att göra eventuellt befintligt data på disken otillgängligt." +"Om en hårddisk tidigare har använts under Solaris, kommer kanske inte " +"partitioneraren att identifiera storleken på enheten korrekt. Skapa en ny " +"partitionstabell rättar inte till det här problemet. Vad som hjälper är att " +"<quote>nolla</quote> de första sektorerna på enheten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att det här kommer att göra eventuellt " +"befintligt data på disken otillgängligt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." +msgid "" +"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel " +"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad " +"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera " +"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering (LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> Installationsprogrammet kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 bitars AES-nyckel och använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a " +"256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner " +"direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering " +"(LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> " +"Installationsprogrammet kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 " +"bitars AES-nyckel och använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </" +"para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla arkitekturer." +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" +"Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla " +"arkitekturer." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:830 #, no-c-format -msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." -msgstr "När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installationsprogrammet att skapa de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data." +msgid "" +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." +msgstr "" +"När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installationsprogrammet att skapa " +"de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden " +"är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra " +"storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen " +"inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger " +"extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:839 #, no-c-format -msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." -msgstr "När krypterad LVM används, kommer installationsprogrammet även att automatiskt radera disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det här ökar på säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar av disken som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare installationer raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din disk." +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" +"När krypterad LVM används, kommer installationsprogrammet även att " +"automatiskt radera disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det " +"här ökar på säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar " +"av disken som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare " +"installationer raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din " +"disk." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den här åtgärden. Dock kommer installationsprogrammet fråga dig att bekräfta dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa " +"ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när " +"LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för " +"närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den " +"här åtgärden. Dock kommer installationsprogrammet fråga dig att bekräfta " +"dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify " +"them." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) " +"LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken " +"som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du " +"har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de " +"listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan " +"hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." -msgstr "Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här inte möjligt." +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du " +"kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på " +"disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna " +"ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här " +"inte möjligt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen " +"nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk " +"dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt " +"utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende " +"på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:891 @@ -797,32 +1512,65 @@ msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:911 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" -msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" +msgid "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer installationsprogrammet även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, inklusive växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer " +"installationsprogrammet även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/" +"boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, inklusive växlingsutrymmet, kommer " +"att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA-64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA-64-system, kommer det att " +"finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-" +"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost " +"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-" +"uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " +"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra " +"oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera " +"utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format -msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." -msgstr "Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras." +msgid "" +"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " +"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " +"and where they will be mounted." +msgstr "" +"Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, " +"inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och " +"var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:946 @@ -844,7 +1592,12 @@ msgid "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning." +"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " +"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " +"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Listan över partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -862,61 +1615,186 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logisk 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logisk 551.5 MB växl växl\n" " #9 logisk 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som " +"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje " +"partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria " +"flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: " +"denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering " +"men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:959 #, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." +msgid "" +"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " +"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " +"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " +"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " +"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den " +"genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet " +"av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att " +"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den " +"guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som " +"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format -msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." -msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din befintliga partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." +msgid "" +"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " +"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown " +"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and " +"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " +"remainder of this section." +msgstr "" +"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer " +"manuell partitionering förutom att din befintliga partitionstabell kommer " +"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din " +"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system " +"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig, kommer du bli tillfrågad om en ny partitionstabell ska skapas (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken." +msgid "" +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme " +"på sig, kommer du bli tillfrågad om en ny partitionstabell ska skapas (det " +"behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med " +"texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:985 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och plats (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Huvudinställningen är <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, vilken bestämmer om partitionen kommer att innehålla ett filsystem, eller användas som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, ett krypterat filsystem, eller inte användas alls. Andra inställningar inkluderar monteringspunkt, monteringsalternativ, och startbar-flaggan; vilka inställningar som visas beror på hur partitionen kommer att användas. Om de förinställda standardvärdena inte passar dig, kan du ändra dem för att passa ditt system. Till exempel genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja ett annat filsystem för den här partitionen, inklusive alternativ för att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, eller inte använda alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en befintlig partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>." +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a " +"different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny " +"partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, " +"typ (primär eller logisk), och plats (början eller slutet på det lediga " +"utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din " +"nya partition. Huvudinställningen är <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, " +"vilken bestämmer om partitionen kommer att innehålla ett filsystem, eller " +"användas som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, ett krypterat " +"filsystem, eller inte användas alls. Andra inställningar inkluderar " +"monteringspunkt, monteringsalternativ, och startbar-flaggan; vilka " +"inställningar som visas beror på hur partitionen kommer att användas. Om de " +"förinställda standardvärdena inte passar dig, kan du ändra dem för att passa " +"ditt system. Till exempel genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd " +"som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja ett annat filsystem för den här " +"partitionen, inklusive alternativ för att använda partitionen som " +"växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, eller inte använda alls. En annan " +"trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en befintlig partition " +"till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar " +"med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du återvänder till huvudskärmen i " +"<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1007 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra någonting på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen för att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, så du kan ändra samma inställningar. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växlingsutrymme). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." +msgid "" +"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " +"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " +"menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so " +"you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at " +"a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra någonting på din partition, välj " +"helt enkelt partitionen för att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för " +"partitioner. Det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, så " +"du kan ändra samma inställningar. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid " +"första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att " +"välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att " +"fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växlingsutrymme). " +"Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." -msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and " +"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root " +"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you " +"correct this issue." +msgstr "" +"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en " +"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera " +"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." -msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en." +msgid "" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" +"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer " +"<command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1032 #, no-c-format -msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." -msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgid "" +"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " +"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't " +"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e." +"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or " +"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med " +"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla " +"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler " +"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</" +"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." -msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem." +msgid "" +"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " +"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning " +"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and " +"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar " +"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda " +"filsystem." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1068 @@ -927,20 +1805,116 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." -msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> Det går faktiskt att bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultatet kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " +"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, " +"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your " +"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for " +"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " +"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " +"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> Det går faktiskt att bygga en " +"MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det " +"kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan " +"du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad " +"prestanda eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultatet kallas för " +"<firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant " +"<firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format -msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." -msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombineras ihop för att skapa en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)." +msgid "" +"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " +"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device " +"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</" +"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och " +"kombineras ihop för att skapa en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här " +"enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i " +"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, " +"etc.)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1091 #, no-c-format -msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" -msgstr "Fördelarna som du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs- och skrivoperationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allting</emphasis> (delar av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (vanligtvis två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i \"stripes\" och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0 beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), utan förändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av informationen beräknas utifrån det återstående datat och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har tillförlitlighet som liknar den för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. Å andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:" +msgid "" +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " +"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" +"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " +"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " +"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " +"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " +"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " +"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " +"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " +"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " +"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " +"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " +"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " +"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " +"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " +"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " +"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " +"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " +"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " +"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" +msgstr "" +"Fördelarna som du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande " +"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är " +"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i " +"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs- och skrivoperationer men när en " +"av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allting</emphasis> " +"(delar av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller " +"flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </" +"para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. " +"</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är " +"ledordet. Den innehåller flera (vanligtvis två) lika stora partitioner där " +"varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För " +"det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha " +"data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast " +"använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är " +"storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, " +"filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan " +"på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler " +"diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i " +"kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </" +"para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</" +"term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, " +"tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"\"stripes\" och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande " +"RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0 beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</" +"firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte " +"statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), utan förändras periodvis, så att " +"partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av " +"diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av informationen beräknas utifrån " +"det återstående datat och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre " +"aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta " +"över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan " +"se, RAID5 har tillförlitlighet som liknar den för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre " +"redundans. Å andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivoperationer " +"än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1169 @@ -979,15 +1953,13 @@ msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1180 -#: using-d-i.xml:1188 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1181 -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" @@ -996,7 +1968,8 @@ msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #: using-d-i.xml:1183 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1187 @@ -1005,15 +1978,13 @@ msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 -#: using-d-i.xml:1198 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" @@ -1039,62 +2010,153 @@ msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry #: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus one)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus en)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du vill veta mer om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill veta mer om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-" +"software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format -msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" -msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du markera de partitioner som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgid "" +"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " +"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</" +"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " +"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " +"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du markera de partitioner som den ska " +"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." -msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installationsprogrammet. Du kan råka ut för problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av sådana problem genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." +msgid "" +"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " +"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some " +"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of " +"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps " +"manually from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installationsprogrammet. Du " +"kan råka ut för problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa " +"starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</" +"filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del " +"av sådana problem genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller " +"installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." -msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt." +msgid "" +"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " +"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear " +"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical " +"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</" +"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will " +"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " +"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</" +"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer " +"endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i " +"<command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</" +"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som " +"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst " +"beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1243 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." -msgstr "RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista över tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och du behöver endast välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-enheten." +msgid "" +"RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " +"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form " +"the MD." +msgstr "" +"RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista över tillgängliga RAID-" +"partitioner och du behöver endast välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-" +"enheten." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." -msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs tidigare. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte att låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " +"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, " +"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that " +"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected " +"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't " +"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the " +"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." +msgstr "" +"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet " +"aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver " +"du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara " +"aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste " +"vara samma som antalet som angavs tidigare. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag " +"och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte att låta dig " +"fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1262 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." -msgstr "RAID5 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you " +"need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." +msgstr "" +"RAID5 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgid "" +"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " +"if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two " +"100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks " +"into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three " +"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " +"for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har " +"tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk " +"innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första " +"partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb " +"videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 " +"reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/" +"home</filename>)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." -msgstr "Efter att du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystem på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" +"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the " +"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and " +"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå " +"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystem på dina nya MD-" +"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1294 @@ -1105,38 +2167,107 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" +"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " +"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " +"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " +"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." -msgstr "För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner " +"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " +"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan " +"delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). " +"Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " +"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1313 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din befintliga volymgrupp och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare har mer plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite grovt förenklat. Om du inte har läst den än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " +"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " +"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din befintliga volymgrupp " +"och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller " +"filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare " +"har mer plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så " +"klart lite grovt förenklat. Om du inte har läst den än bör du konsultera " +"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." -msgstr "LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i <command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i " +"<command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska " +"användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn " +"<guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1333 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" -msgstr "När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna är:" +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" +"När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska " +"volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli " +"frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det " +"finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför " +"menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är " +"sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna " +"är:" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-" +"enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" #. Tag: guimenuitem #: using-d-i.xml:1349 @@ -1177,20 +2308,34 @@ msgstr "Minska volymgrupp" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för <command>partman</command>" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för " +"<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." -msgstr "Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan skapa dina logiska volymer i den." +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" +"Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan " +"skapa dina logiska volymer i den." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." -msgstr "Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör även behandla dem som det)." +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du " +"bör även behandla dem som det)." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1391 @@ -1201,38 +2346,119 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." -msgstr "&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en <firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som slumpmässiga tecken." +msgid "" +"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " +"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. " +"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the " +"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was " +"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case " +"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access " +"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the " +"hard drive will look like random characters." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver " +"på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad " +"form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en " +"<firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen " +"ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt " +"data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven " +"kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta " +"lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som " +"slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format -msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." -msgstr "De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för <filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en krypterad partition." +msgid "" +"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " +"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data " +"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents " +"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For " +"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or " +"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used " +"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some " +"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is " +"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, " +"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt " +"privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras " +"temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera " +"någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</" +"filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras " +"sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för " +"att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även " +"vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för " +"<filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att " +"det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en " +"krypterad partition." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." +msgid "" +"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " +"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " +"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " +"chosen cipher and a key length." +msgstr "" +"Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre " +"än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för " +"varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din " +"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1426 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." -msgstr "För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att välja en befintlig partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk LVM-volym eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> för alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." +msgid "" +"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " +"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " +"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " +"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." +msgstr "" +"För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja " +"ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att " +"välja en befintlig partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk LVM-volym " +"eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> " +"behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> för " +"alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. " +"Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för " +"partitionen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1437 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." -msgstr "&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra annorlunda. " +msgid "" +"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to " +"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " +"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan " +"hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att " +"du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra " +"annorlunda. " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1449 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts ut med tanke på säkerhet." +msgid "" +"First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " +"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " +"chosen with security in mind." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som " +"vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts " +"ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1459 @@ -1243,8 +2469,27 @@ msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1461 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." -msgstr "Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av American National Institute of Standards and Technology som standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." +msgid "" +"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" +"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; " +"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " +"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and " +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to " +"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help " +"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by " +"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " +"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" +"Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</" +"firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-" +"i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> " +"och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta " +"dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det " +"hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av " +"American National Institute of Standards and Technology som " +"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1479 @@ -1255,8 +2500,16 @@ msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." -msgstr "Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är olika beroende på valt chiffer." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " +"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other " +"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " +"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar " +"generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på " +"nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är " +"olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1493 @@ -1267,14 +2520,34 @@ msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idén är att förhindra en attackerare från att kunna utläsa information från upprepade mönster i krypterat data." +msgid "" +"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" +"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the " +"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key " +"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " +"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " +"encrypted data." +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-" +"algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret " +"på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid " +"producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idén är att förhindra " +"en attackerare från att kunna utläsa information från upprepade mönster i " +"krypterat data." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1505 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." -msgstr "Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." +msgid "" +"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" +"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other " +"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " +"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." +msgstr "" +"Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls " +"är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de " +"andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade " +"system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1517 @@ -1297,12 +2570,19 @@ msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1526 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " +"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=" +"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " +"which you will be able to enter later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en " +"lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink " +"url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som " +"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1541 -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" @@ -1310,18 +2590,44 @@ msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1542 #, no-c-format -msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" -msgstr "En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår livstid.)" +msgid "" +"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " +"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the " +"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of " +"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless " +"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " +"in our lifetime.)" +msgstr "" +"En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje " +"gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid " +"varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras " +"eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram " +"nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd " +"sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår " +"livstid.)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1551 #, no-c-format -msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." -msgstr "Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." +msgid "" +"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " +"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information " +"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also " +"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the " +"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels " +"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended " +"data written to the swap partition." +msgstr "" +"Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du " +"inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig " +"information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock " +"betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda " +"funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-" +"kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att " +"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" @@ -1329,14 +2635,36 @@ msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format -msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." -msgstr "Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. Dessutom blir det svårare att återskapa data som partitionen innehållit tidigare<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att personal från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data från magnetoptiska media även efter ett flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>." +msgid "" +"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " +"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it " +"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the " +"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it " +"harder to recover any leftover data from previous " +"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter " +"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " +"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med " +"slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför " +"att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av " +"partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. Dessutom blir det " +"svårare att återskapa data som partitionen innehållit " +"tidigare<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att personal från tre-bokstavs-" +"myndigheter kan återskapa data från magnetoptiska media även efter ett " +"flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" -msgstr "Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" +msgid "" +"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu " +"changes to provide the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn " +"att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1601 @@ -1347,8 +2675,15 @@ msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1603 #, no-c-format -msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och nyckellängder." +msgid "" +"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " +"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " +"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." +msgstr "" +"För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för " +"chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För " +"ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och " +"nyckellängder." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:1613 @@ -1371,8 +2706,17 @@ msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med <application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i processen)." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " +"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</" +"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " +"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under " +"installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med " +"<application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den " +"korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i " +"processen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1635 @@ -1389,63 +2733,161 @@ msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1659 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using a <emphasis>passphrase</emphasis> as the encryption key." -msgstr "Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installationsprogrammet fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den textbaserade. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan konfigurera volymer med en <emphasis>lösenfras</emphasis> som krypteringsnyckel." +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " +"still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For " +"cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using a " +"<emphasis>passphrase</emphasis> as the encryption key." +msgstr "" +"Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av " +"installationsprogrammet fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den " +"textbaserade. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan " +"konfigurera volymer med en <emphasis>lösenfras</emphasis> som " +"krypteringsnyckel." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." -msgstr "När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta ta lite tid." +msgid "" +"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " +"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a " +"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After " +"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on " +"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " +"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, " +"återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost " +"som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer " +"den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de " +"partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder " +"såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta " +"ta lite tid." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " +"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a " +"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " +"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " +"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner " +"som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 " +"tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken " +"och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information " +"som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, " +"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1686 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." -msgstr "Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid prompten. Detta för att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka mata in en lösenfras med en qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använde en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." +msgid "" +"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " +"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If " +"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some " +"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by " +"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an " +"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several " +"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the " +"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet " +"when entering the passphrase for the root file system." +msgstr "" +"Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är " +"konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker " +"kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid " +"prompten. Detta för att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka " +"mata in en lösenfras med en qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använde en " +"azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. " +"Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, " +"eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när " +"lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än ett lösenord för att skapa krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte har samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt i installationen kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." +msgid "" +"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " +"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a " +"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the " +"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by " +"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the " +"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " +"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" +"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än ett lösenord för att skapa " +"krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte " +"har samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt i " +"installationen kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba " +"på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka " +"slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra " +"virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några " +"filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta " +"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1715 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " +"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The " +"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux " +"device-mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you." +"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the " +"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " +"suit you." msgstr "" -"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att " +"se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras " +"på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika " +"volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux " +"device-mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 nyckelfil\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet inte passar för dig." +"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter " +"till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet " +"inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format -msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." -msgstr "En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med kryptering beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." +msgid "" +"One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " +"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> " +"in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. " +"You will need this information later when booting the new system. The " +"differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption " +"involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes " +"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> " +"i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad " +"volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya " +"systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en " +"uppstartsprocess med kryptering beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-" +"volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." +msgid "" +"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " +"installation." msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title @@ -1457,8 +2899,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in systemet" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format -msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." -msgstr "Efter partitioneringen ställer installationsprogrammet ett par frågor som kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system it is about to install." +msgstr "" +"Efter partitioneringen ställer installationsprogrammet ett par frågor som " +"kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1762 @@ -1469,8 +2915,16 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli tillfrågad utan systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon." +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du " +"kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om " +"din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli tillfrågad utan " +"systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1780 @@ -1481,20 +2935,48 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installationsprogrammet försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till " +"UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och " +"installationsprogrammet försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC " +"baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format -msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or " +"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till " +"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är " +"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, " +"välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som " +"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du " +"vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." -msgstr "Observera att installationsprogrammet för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var inställd till UTC." +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" +"Observera att installationsprogrammet för närvarande inte låter dig att " +"faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till " +"aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den " +"tidigare inte var inställd till UTC." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1816 @@ -1511,20 +2993,44 @@ msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" +"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</" +"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. " +"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas " +"under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." -msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas." +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" +"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla " +"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du " +"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. " +"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig " +"information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format -msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" +"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt " +"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte " +"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1849 @@ -1535,26 +3041,62 @@ msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." -msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" +"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt " +"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga " +"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för " +"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok." +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" +"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier " +"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att " +"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en " +"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar " +"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system " +"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här " +"ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa " +"en sådan bok." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot." +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan " +"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett " +"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även " +"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för " +"kontot." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format -msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter " +"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1889 @@ -1565,26 +3107,59 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1890 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." -msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund." +msgid "" +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." +msgstr "" +"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del " +"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela " +"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det " +"här ta en stund." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1903 #, no-c-format -msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Under installationen av grundsystemet, kommer meddelanden om uppackning och konfigurering omdirigeras till <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Du kan komma åt den här terminalen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; gå tillbaka till huvudprocessen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Under installationen av grundsystemet, kommer meddelanden om uppackning och " +"konfigurering omdirigeras till <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Du kan komma åt " +"den här terminalen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; gå tillbaka till huvudprocessen för " +"installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1912 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console." -msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/konfigurering som genereras under den här fasen, sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Du kan kontrollera dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." +msgid "" +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." +msgstr "" +"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/konfigurering som genereras under den " +"här fasen, sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Du kan kontrollera " +"dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format -msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." -msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." +msgid "" +"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " +"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches " +"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a " +"list of available kernels." +msgstr "" +"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid " +"standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att välja en åt dig som " +"bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja " +"från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1930 @@ -1595,8 +3170,19 @@ msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1931 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." -msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet har installerats kommer du ha ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare vill installera ytterligare programvara på systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installationsprogrammet låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Efter att grundsystemet har installerats kommer du ha ett användbart men " +"begränsat system. De flesta användare vill installera ytterligare " +"programvara på systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och " +"installationsprogrammet låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu " +"längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator " +"eller nätverk." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1945 @@ -1607,728 +3193,1647 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management." -msgstr "Ett av verktygen som används för att installera paket på ett &debian;-system är ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname><footnote> <para> Observera att det program som faktiskt installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå som anropar <command>dpkg</command> när det behövs. Det vet hur man hämtar paket från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. Det har också möjligheten att automatiskt installera andra paket som krävs för att få det paket som du försöker installera att fungera korrekt. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också. Dessa gränssnitt rekommenderas för nybörjare, eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (paketsökning och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt. Faktum är att <command>aptitude</command> numera är det rekommenderade verktyget för pakethantering." +msgid "" +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." +msgstr "" +"Ett av verktygen som används för att installera paket på ett &debian;-system " +"är ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet " +"<classname>apt</classname><footnote> <para> Observera att det program som " +"faktiskt installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det " +"här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett " +"verktyg på högre nivå som anropar <command>dpkg</command> när det behövs. " +"Det vet hur man hämtar paket från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. Det har " +"också möjligheten att automatiskt installera andra paket som krävs för att " +"få det paket som du försöker installera att fungera korrekt. </para> </" +"footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</" +"command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också. Dessa gränssnitt " +"rekommenderas för nybörjare, eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner " +"(paketsökning och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt. " +"Faktum är att <command>aptitude</command> numera är det rekommenderade " +"verktyget för pakethantering." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." +msgstr "" +"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta " +"paket ifrån. Installationsprogrammet tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om " +"det här baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den " +"här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att " +"installationen är färdig." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." -msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Installationsprogrammet tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att installationen är färdig." +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format -msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" -msgstr "Val och installation av programvara" +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." -msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format -msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till mer individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill utföra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör känna till att för att visa den här listan, anropar installationsprogrammet helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" +msgstr "Val och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." -msgstr "Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare " +"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella " +"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga " +"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och " +"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in " +"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to select a different desktop environment such as for example KDE." -msgstr "Funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote> kommer att installera skrivbordsmiljön GNOME. Alternativen som erbjuds av installationsprogrammet tillåter för närvarande inte att en annan skrivbordsmiljö väljs, till exempel KDE." +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more " +"packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" +"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, " +"och sedan lägga till mer individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna " +"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill utföra med din " +"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, " +"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör känna till att " +"för att visa den här listan, anropar installationsprogrammet helt enkelt " +"programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter " +"installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan " +"du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om " +"du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, " +"kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</" +"replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på " +"paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-" +"list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " +"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select " +"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna " +"för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du " +"avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några " +"funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer<footnote> <para> A more lightweight Xfce desktop environment can be selected by using <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> instead of <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. If you are installing on a laptop, you could also add <literal>laptop</literal> to the tasks to be installed. </para> </footnote>. However, this will only work if the packages needed for KDE are actually available. If you are installing using a full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att få installationsprogrammet att installera KDE genom att använda förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller genom att lägga till <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> vid uppstartsprompten när installationsprogrammet startar<footnote> <para> Den mer resurssnåla skrivbordsmiljön Xfce kan väljas genom att använda <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> istället för <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. Om du installerar på en bärbar dator kan du även lägga till <literal>laptop</literal> till de funktioner som ska installeras. </para> </footnote>. Dock kommer det här endast att fungera om paketen som behövs för KDE faktiskt är tillgängliga. Om du installerar med en fullständig cd-avbild kommer de att behöva att hämtas ner från en spegel eftersom KDE-paketen inte är inkluderade på den första fullständiga cd-skivan; installera KDE på det här sättet bör fungera bra om du använder en dvd-avbild eller någon annan installationsmetod." +msgid "" +"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to " +"select a different desktop environment such as for example KDE." +msgstr "" +"Funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote> kommer att installera " +"skrivbordsmiljön GNOME. Alternativen som erbjuds av installationsprogrammet " +"tillåter för närvarande inte att en annan skrivbordsmiljö väljs, till " +"exempel KDE." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " +"<xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=\"standard, " +"kde-desktop\"</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the " +"installer<footnote> <para> A more lightweight Xfce desktop environment can " +"be selected by using <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> instead of <literal>kde-" +"desktop</literal>. If you are installing on a laptop, you could also add " +"<literal>laptop</literal> to the tasks to be installed. </para> </footnote>. " +"However, this will only work if the packages needed for KDE are actually " +"available. If you are installing using a full CD image, they will need to be " +"downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full " +"CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or " +"any other installation method." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att få installationsprogrammet att installera KDE genom att " +"använda förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller genom " +"att lägga till <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> vid " +"uppstartsprompten när installationsprogrammet startar<footnote> <para> Den " +"mer resurssnåla skrivbordsmiljön Xfce kan väljas genom att använda " +"<literal>xfce-desktop</literal> istället för <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. " +"Om du installerar på en bärbar dator kan du även lägga till <literal>laptop</" +"literal> till de funktioner som ska installeras. </para> </footnote>. Dock " +"kommer det här endast att fungera om paketen som behövs för KDE faktiskt är " +"tillgängliga. Om du installerar med en fullständig cd-avbild kommer de att " +"behöva att hämtas ner från en spegel eftersom KDE-paketen inte är " +"inkluderade på den första fullständiga cd-skivan; installera KDE på det här " +"sättet bör fungera bra om du använder en dvd-avbild eller någon annan " +"installationsmetod." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache</classname>." -msgstr "De olika serverfunktionerna kommer att installera programvara ungefär så här. DNS-server: <classname>bind9</classname>; Filserver: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; E-postserver: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Utskriftsserver: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL-databas: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Webbserver: <classname>apache</classname>." +msgid "" +"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " +"server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</" +"classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</" +"classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</" +"classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: " +"<classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache</classname>." +msgstr "" +"De olika serverfunktionerna kommer att installera programvara ungefär så " +"här. DNS-server: <classname>bind9</classname>; Filserver: <classname>samba</" +"classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; E-postserver: <classname>exim4</" +"classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</" +"classname>; Utskriftsserver: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL-databas: " +"<classname>postgresql</classname>; Webbserver: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the tasks you've selected." -msgstr "När du har valt dina funktioner, välj &BTN-CONT;. Vid det här tillfället kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen som är en del av de funktioner som du har valt." +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " +"<command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the " +"tasks you've selected." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt dina funktioner, välj &BTN-CONT;. Vid det här tillfället " +"kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen som är en del av " +"de funktioner som du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." -msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet kan du använda blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion." +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" +"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet kan du använda " +"blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started." -msgstr "Du bör vara medveten om att speciellt funktionen Skrivbord är mycket stor. Speciellt vid installation från en normal cd-rom i kombination med en spegel för paket som inte finns på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet behöva hämta en hel del paket över nätverket. Om du har en relativt långsam Internetanslutning, kan det här ta lång tid. Det finns inget alternativ att avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats." +msgid "" +"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " +"Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror " +"for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of " +"packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet " +"connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the " +"installation of packages once it has started." +msgstr "" +"Du bör vara medveten om att speciellt funktionen Skrivbord är mycket stor. " +"Speciellt vid installation från en normal cd-rom i kombination med en spegel " +"för paket som inte finns på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet behöva " +"hämta en hel del paket över nätverket. Om du har en relativt långsam " +"Internetanslutning, kan det här ta lång tid. Det finns inget alternativ att " +"avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image." -msgstr "Även när paket har inkluderats på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet fortfarande behöva hämta dem från spegeln om den tillgängliga versionen på spegeln är nyare än den som inkluderats på cd-skivan. Om du installerar den stabila utgåvan, kan det här hända efter en punktutgåva (en uppdatering av den ursprungliga stabila utgåvan); om du installerar testutgåvan kommer det här att hända om du använder en äldre avbild." +msgid "" +"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " +"retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more " +"recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable " +"distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the " +"original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution " +"this will happen if you are using an older image." +msgstr "" +"Även när paket har inkluderats på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet " +"fortfarande behöva hämta dem från spegeln om den tillgängliga versionen på " +"spegeln är nyare än den som inkluderats på cd-skivan. Om du installerar den " +"stabila utgåvan, kan det här hända efter en punktutgåva (en uppdatering av " +"den ursprungliga stabila utgåvan); om du installerar testutgåvan kommer det " +"här att hända om du använder en äldre avbild." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format -msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." -msgstr "Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här processen." +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" +"Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp " +"och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> " +"och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer " +"information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här " +"processen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, är uppstarter från den lokala disken så klart inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " +"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, är uppstarter från den lokala " +"disken så klart inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att " +"hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att " +"starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-" +"sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." -msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installationsprogrammet att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian." +msgid "" +"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " +"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a " +"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " +"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " +"other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgstr "" +"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installationsprogrammet att " +"försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på " +"maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli " +"informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn " +"kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i " +"tillägg till Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up " +"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " +"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " +"manager's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande " +"är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och " +"inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem " +"varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte " +"fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer " +"information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." -msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM och du har valt detta alternativ, kommer installationsprogrammet att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på den disk du installerade Debian på. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (t.ex. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känt som Digital Unix och även känt som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, måste du istället starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett." +msgid "" +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " +"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " +"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " +"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or " +"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " +"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " +"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har startat upp från SRM och du har valt detta alternativ, kommer " +"installationsprogrammet att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första " +"sektorn på den disk du installerade Debian på. Var <emphasis>mycket</" +"emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att " +"starta upp flera operativsystem (t.ex. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 " +"även känt som Digital Unix och även känt som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från " +"samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken " +"där du har installerat Debian, måste du istället starta upp GNU/Linux från " +"en diskett." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format -msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " +"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few " +"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " +"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " +"can actually read Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> " +"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett " +"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri " +"kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</" +"command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare." +msgid "" +"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " +"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and " +"old hands alike." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</" +"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra " +"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." -msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett information." +msgid "" +"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " +"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " +"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." +msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den " +"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan " +"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett " +"information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." -msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls kan du använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välja den starthanterare som du vill använda." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " +"the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to " +"use." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill installera grub alls kan du använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen för " +"att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välja den starthanterare som du vill " +"använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " +"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, " +"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " +"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " +"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. " +"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av " +"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga " +"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> " +"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-" +"HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." -msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." +msgid "" +"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " +"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " +"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " +"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för " +"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det " +"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som " +"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i; erbjuder dig tre valmöjligheter om var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:" +msgid "" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" +"command> boot loader:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; erbjuder dig tre valmöjligheter om var starthanteraren <command>LILO</" +"command> ska installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format -msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." -msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen." +msgid "" +"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " +"process." +msgstr "" +"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över " +"uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." -msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " +"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " +"serve as a secondary boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</" +"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-" +"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format -msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use <phrase condition=\"etch\">devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\">traditional device names</phrase> such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Användbar för erfarna användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli tillfrågad om att ange en plats. Du kan använda <phrase condition=\"etch\">devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\">traditionella enhetsnamn</phrase> som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " +"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can " +"use <phrase condition=\"etch\">devfs style names, such as those that start " +"with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and " +"<filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names,</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"lenny\">traditional device names</phrase> such as " +"<filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Användbar för erfarna användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> " +"någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli tillfrågad om att ange en " +"plats. Du kan använda <phrase condition=\"etch\">devfs-liknande namn, såsom " +"de som börjar med <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</" +"filename> och <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn," +"</phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\">traditionella enhetsnamn</phrase> som " +"<filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!" -msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!" +msgid "" +"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " +"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /" +"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — " +"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " +"Debian!" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här " +"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och " +"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-" +"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver " +"använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar i <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i den fast programvaran för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> innehåller egentligen två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och uppstarten av Linux-kärnan." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +msgid "" +"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " +"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " +"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition " +"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT " +"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</" +"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " +"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " +"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är " +"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och " +"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR " +"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna " +"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar i <guimenuitem>EFI " +"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i den fast programvaran för att peka till " +"filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> " +"innehåller egentligen två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</" +"filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet " +"<filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan " +"av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och " +"uppstarten av Linux-kärnan." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." +msgid "" +"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " +"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present " +"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for " +"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " +"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista " +"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att " +"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga " +"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i " +"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt " +"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" -msgstr "Villkoret för att välja en partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökningen av alla diskar på systemet, inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!" +msgid "" +"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " +"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " +"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " +"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgstr "" +"Villkoret för att välja en partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat " +"filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa " +"flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökningen av alla diskar på " +"systemet, inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-" +"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera " +"partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." -msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installationsprogrammet del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." +msgid "" +"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " +"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it " +"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and " +"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem " +"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the " +"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the " +"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot " +"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may " +"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated " +"or re-configured." +msgstr "" +"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i " +"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande " +"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att " +"läsa in systemet och installationsprogrammet del av <command>elilo</command> " +"skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</" +"command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</" +"filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan " +"även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet " +"uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." -msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." +msgid "" +"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " +"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-" +"written to refer to files in the EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. " +"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen " +"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." -msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." +msgid "" +"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian " +"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"command menu." +msgstr "" +"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör " +"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten " +"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " +"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a " +"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</" +"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp " +"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</" +"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i " +"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/" +"initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." -msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." +msgid "" +"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " +"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be " +"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen " +"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer " +"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " +"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation " +"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " +"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som " +"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av " +"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den " +"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up " +"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique " +"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. " +"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by " +"setting some firmware environment variables entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing " +"<command>boot</command>." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installationsprogrammet). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installationsprogrammet). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som " +"ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har " +"ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av " +"installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har " +"installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in " +"några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange " +"<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " +"onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för " +"inbyggda styrkort" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" -msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename> resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> " +"finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, " +"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After " +"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installationsprogrammet). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installationsprogrammet). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs " +"in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt " +"namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installationsprogrammet är " +"<quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp " +"från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort" +msgid "" +"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " +"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är " +"det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns " +"installerad" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " +"resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" -msgstr "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" +msgid "" +"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " +"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" +msgstr "" +"Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken " +"och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format -msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." -msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installationsprogrammet kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;." +msgid "" +"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " +"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> " +"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> " +"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes " +"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be " +"set to boot &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</" +"command> som sin starthanterare. Installationsprogrammet kommer att ställa " +"in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten " +"820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i " +"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk " +"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp " +"&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installationsprogrammet kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner." +msgid "" +"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" +"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up " +"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on " +"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</" +"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installationsprogrammet kommer " +"att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. " +"Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på " +"vissa Power Computing-kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgid "" +"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " +"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, " +"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device " +"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida " +"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format -msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris." +msgid "" +"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " +"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to " +"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/" +"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can " +"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is " +"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> " +"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. " +"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can " +"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install " +"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</" +"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. " +"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som " +"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</" +"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den " +"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att " +"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, " +"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns " +"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny " +"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</" +"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta " +"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera " +"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" -msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " +"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide " +"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, " +"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on " +"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även " +"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att " +"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen " +"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren). <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, " +"Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas " +"kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." -msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." +msgid "" +"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " +"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should " +"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your " +"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and " +"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " +"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " +"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du " +"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</" +"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera " +"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är " +"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem " +"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat " +"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format -msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." -msgstr "De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." +msgid "" +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " +"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det " +"består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." -msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installationsprogrammet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " +"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot " +"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot " +"into your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för " +"Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, " +"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installationsprogrammet. " +"Installationsprogrammet kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan " +"starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." -msgstr "Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer att stänga av systemet därför att omstarter inte stöds på &arch-title; i detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " +"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-" +"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you " +"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer " +"att stänga av systemet därför att omstarter inte stöds på &arch-title; i " +"detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du " +"valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format -msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." -msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel." +msgid "" +"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " +"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " +"case something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade " +"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren " +"om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " +"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under " +"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." -msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport." +msgid "" +"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn " +"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat " +"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under " +"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga " +"dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." -msgstr "Det finns flera metoder som du kan välja för att få ett skal under tiden du kör en installation. På de flesta system, och om du inte installerar över en seriekonsoll, är den enklaste metoden att växla till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis> genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> Alltså: tryck ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>blankstegs</keycap>-tangenten och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap> samtidigt. </para> </footnote> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Använd <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att växla tillbaka till själva installationsprogrammet." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +msgid "" +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." +msgstr "" +"Det finns flera metoder som du kan välja för att få ett skal under tiden du " +"kör en installation. På de flesta system, och om du inte installerar över en " +"seriekonsoll, är den enklaste metoden att växla till den andra " +"<emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis> genom att trycka " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" +"keycombo><footnote> <para> Alltså: tryck ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten " +"på vänster sida av <keycap>blankstegs</keycap>-tangenten och " +"funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap> samtidigt. </para> </footnote> (på " +"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" +"keycombo>). Använd <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> för att växla tillbaka till själva " +"installationsprogrammet." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer." -msgstr "Om du inte kan växla mellan konsollerna finns även alternativet <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i huvudmenyn som kan användas för att starta ett skal. Du kan komma till huvudmenyn från de flesta dialoger genom att använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen en eller flera gånger. Ange <userinput>exit</userinput> för att stänga skalet och återvända till installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; " +"button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the " +"shell and return to the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan växla mellan konsollerna finns även alternativet " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i huvudmenyn som kan användas för " +"att starta ett skal. Du kan komma till huvudmenyn från de flesta dialoger " +"genom att använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen en eller flera gånger. Ange " +"<userinput>exit</userinput> för att stänga skalet och återvända till " +"installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Skalet är ett Bourne-skalklon kallat <command>ash</command> och har några trevliga funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik." +msgid "" +"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " +"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " +"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " +"autocompletion and history." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en " +"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka " +"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/" +"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Skalet " +"är ett Bourne-skalklon kallat <command>ash</command> och har några trevliga " +"funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format -msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." -msgstr "För att redigera och visa filer, använd textredigeraren <command>nano</command>. Loggfiler för installationssystemet kan hittas i katalogen <filename>/var/log</filename>." +msgid "" +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"För att redigera och visa filer, använd textredigeraren <command>nano</" +"command>. Loggfiler för installationssystemet kan hittas i katalogen " +"<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." -msgstr "Även om du kan göra i stort sett allt ett skal som de tillgängliga kommandona tillåter dig att göra, är alternativet att använda ett skal egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka." +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" +"Även om du kan göra i stort sett allt ett skal som de tillgängliga " +"kommandona tillåter dig att göra, är alternativet att använda ett skal " +"egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format -msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." -msgstr "Göra saker manuellt från skalet kan störa installationsprocessen och resultera i fel eller en ofullständig installation. Specifikt bör du alltid låta installationsprogrammet aktivera din växlingspartition och inte göra det själv från ett skal. " +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Göra saker manuellt från skalet kan störa installationsprocessen och " +"resultera i fel eller en ofullständig installation. Specifikt bör du alltid " +"låta installationsprogrammet aktivera din växlingspartition och inte göra " +"det själv från ett skal. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" -msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the " +"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the " +"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of " +"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket " +"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första " +"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där " +"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=" +"\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format -msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " +"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need " +"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu " +"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and " +"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " +"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " +"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste " +"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta " +"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja " +"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från " +"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad " +"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt " +"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." -msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket." +msgid "" +"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " +"up the network." +msgstr "" +"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter " +"konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." -msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." +msgid "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be " +"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. " +"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login " +"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you " +"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the " +"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to " +"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt " +"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för " +"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att " +"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med " +"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här " +"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra " +"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att " +"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format -msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." -msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent." +msgid "" +"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " +"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can " +"select another component." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid " +"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja " +"en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." +"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " +"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the " +"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still " +"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed " +"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection " +"with the installation system is as simple as typing: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is " +"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the " +"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " +"will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning " +"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av " +"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer " +"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga " +"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är " +"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som " +"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer " +"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> " +"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före " +"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas " +"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." -msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." +msgid "" +"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " +"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such " +"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is " +"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, " +"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</" +"filename> and try again." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en " +"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, " +"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så " +"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/" +"known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." -msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installationsprogrammet, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." +msgid "" +"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " +"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and " +"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main " +"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The " +"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " +"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " +"may start multiple sessions for shells." +msgstr "" +"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två " +"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till " +"huvudmenyn i installationsprogrammet, där du kan fortsätta med " +"installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du " +"kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en " +"SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." -msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " +"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may " +"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " +"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå " +"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du " +"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya " +"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation " +"eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." -msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." +msgid "" +"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " +"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." +msgstr "" +"Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte " +"förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." #~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " #~ "surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of " @@ -2341,6 +4846,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-" #~ "post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, " #~ "flexibel och enkel att lära sig." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to " #~ "any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some " @@ -2353,14 +4859,17 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, " #~ "<command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka " #~ "dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post." + #~ msgid "" #~ "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " #~ "scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-" #~ "postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" + #~ msgid "internet site" #~ msgstr "internetsystem" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " #~ "directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few " @@ -2371,8 +4880,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad " #~ "en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på " #~ "domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." + #~ msgid "mail sent by smarthost" #~ msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, " #~ "called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. " @@ -2387,8 +4898,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder " #~ "även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som " #~ "fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." + #~ msgid "local delivery only" #~ msgstr "endast lokal leverans" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " #~ "local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " @@ -2403,8 +4916,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis " #~ "omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är " #~ "också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." + #~ msgid "no configuration at this time" #~ msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " #~ "This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " @@ -2415,6 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du " #~ "konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon " #~ "post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer " #~ "setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/" @@ -2427,6 +4943,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen " #~ "är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under " #~ "<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " #~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " @@ -2435,6 +4952,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " #~ "tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " #~ "installationen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " #~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" @@ -2446,8 +4964,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "partitionering med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte " #~ "möjlig om det redan finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra " #~ "om du tar bort dem." + #~ msgid "Base System Installation" #~ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " #~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " @@ -2460,6 +4980,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan " #~ "arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se " #~ "dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information." + #~ msgid "" #~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " #~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " @@ -2480,6 +5001,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</" #~ "keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av " #~ "skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " #~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " @@ -2497,6 +5019,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för " #~ "att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om " #~ "du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet." + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using " #~ "preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding " @@ -2507,6 +5030,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "använda förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller " #~ "genom att lägga till <literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> vid " #~ "uppstartsprompten när installeraren startas upp." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " #~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " @@ -2521,6 +5045,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja " #~ "från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande " #~ "tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." + #~ msgid "" #~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " #~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " @@ -2544,6 +5069,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns " #~ "inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans " #~ "tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " @@ -2552,6 +5078,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Om du väljer den guidade partitioneringen med LVM är det inte möjligt att " #~ "ångra ändringar gjorda i partitionstabellen. Detta raderar effektivt all " #~ "data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken." + #~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " @@ -2576,12 +5103,16 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer " #~ "på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska " #~ "volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>." + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" + #~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" #~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" + #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage " #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running " @@ -2594,8 +5125,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. " #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör " #~ "normalt sett undvikas." + #~ msgid "languagechooser" #~ msgstr "languagechooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " @@ -2606,14 +5139,18 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket " #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden " #~ "på engelska att visas." + #~ msgid "countrychooser" #~ msgstr "countrychooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." + #~ msgid "base-config" #~ msgstr "base-config" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " @@ -2622,10 +5159,13 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt " #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; " #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." + #~ msgid "bugreporter" #~ msgstr "bugreporter" + #~ msgid "Language selection" #~ msgstr "Språkval" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " @@ -2639,8 +5179,9 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda " #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt " #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. " + #~ msgid "Country selection" #~ msgstr "Val av land" + #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" - diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index c4d0e2681..3b936a094 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-15 21:57+1030\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -3205,14 +3205,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "Chương trình <command>apt</command> phải được cấu hình để biết nơi nên lấy " "gói. Trình cài đặt làm tự động phần chính của công việc này, dựa vào thông " @@ -3220,14 +3218,132 @@ msgstr "" "ghi vào tập tin <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, và bạn có thể " "xem lại nó và sửa đổi nó sau khi cài đặt xong." -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3244,7 +3360,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3277,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr "" "công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3290,7 +3406,7 @@ msgstr "" "không cài đặt gì cả." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3302,7 +3418,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho phép người dùng chọn môi trường làm việc khác (v.d. KDE, Xfce)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3328,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt KDE bằng cách này nên chạy tốt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3347,7 +3463,7 @@ msgstr "" "vụ Mạng: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3359,7 +3475,7 @@ msgstr "" "thuộc về những công việc đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3369,7 +3485,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3386,7 +3502,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt gói một khi khởi chạy được." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3404,7 +3520,7 @@ msgstr "" "xảy ra nếu bạn sử dụng ảnh cũ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3418,13 +3534,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3438,13 +3554,13 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3460,7 +3576,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3476,13 +3592,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3503,13 +3619,13 @@ msgstr "" "bạn mới cài đặt Debian thì phải khởi động GNU/Linux từ đĩa mềm thay thế." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3525,19 +3641,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3549,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3561,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3572,13 +3688,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3595,7 +3711,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3609,7 +3725,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3619,13 +3735,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3635,13 +3751,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3653,13 +3769,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3678,7 +3794,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3694,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr "" "trở về Debian." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3728,7 +3844,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> để làm việc thật tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3746,13 +3862,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3770,13 +3886,13 @@ msgstr "" "định dạng phân vùng nên xoá hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3807,13 +3923,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3826,13 +3942,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3847,13 +3963,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3869,13 +3985,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3888,13 +4004,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3908,13 +4024,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3958,13 +4074,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3974,13 +4090,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3990,13 +4106,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4006,13 +4122,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4022,13 +4138,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4057,13 +4173,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4073,13 +4189,13 @@ msgstr "" "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4088,7 +4204,7 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4098,13 +4214,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "tên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4114,7 +4230,7 @@ msgstr "" "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4125,19 +4241,19 @@ msgstr "" "là dùng" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4157,13 +4273,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4177,13 +4293,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4200,13 +4316,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4237,13 +4353,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4261,7 +4377,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4282,13 +4398,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4298,13 +4414,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4318,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4333,13 +4449,13 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Lặt vặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4351,13 +4467,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4369,7 +4485,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4385,13 +4501,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4418,7 +4534,7 @@ msgstr "" "trái</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> để trở về bộ cài đặt chính nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4433,7 +4549,7 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) để đóng trình bao đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4451,7 +4567,7 @@ msgstr "" "tự động gõ và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4463,7 +4579,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4474,7 +4590,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình bao chỉ sẵn sàng để giúp đỡ trong trường hợp bị lỗi hay gỡ lỗi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4488,13 +4604,13 @@ msgstr "" "bao." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4511,7 +4627,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4533,7 +4649,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4543,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4565,7 +4681,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4577,7 +4693,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4607,7 +4723,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4625,7 +4741,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> rồi thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4645,7 +4761,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho các hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4661,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 23d026bfe..4d9788893 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-31 14:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2874,27 +2874,143 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1973 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" "您必须设置 <command>apt</command>，使它明白该从哪里获取软件包。安装程序会根据" "您的安装介质最大程度上自动处理。设置的结果写入到 <filename>/etc/apt/sources." "list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查它并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2909,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" "来快速建立您的计算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2939,7 +3055,7 @@ msgstr "" "空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -2950,7 +3066,7 @@ msgstr "" "些任务。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -2961,7 +3077,7 @@ msgstr "" "选其他的桌面环境，比如 KDE。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -2987,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装方法，安装 KDE 就没有问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3005,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3016,7 +3132,7 @@ msgstr "" "选中的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3024,7 +3140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3039,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "" "间。一旦启动，安装软件包过程将无法取消。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3054,7 +3170,7 @@ msgstr "" "新)；如果您安装的是测试版本，这会出现在使用旧映像安装时。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3067,13 +3183,13 @@ msgstr "" "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3086,13 +3202,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3106,7 +3222,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 一起，计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3120,13 +3236,13 @@ msgstr "" "管理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3145,13 +3261,13 @@ msgstr "" "装 Debian 的磁盘上装有不同的操作系统，将不得不从一个软盘启动 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3166,19 +3282,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3189,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手和老手都是一个不错的缺省选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3201,7 +3317,7 @@ msgstr "" "请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3212,13 +3328,13 @@ msgstr "" "用的任何 bootloader。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3234,7 +3350,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3247,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3255,13 +3371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择去哪安装 <command>LILO</command> boot loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3269,13 +3385,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3286,13 +3402,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3302,10 +3418,16 @@ msgid "" "<filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names,</phrase> " "<phrase condition=\"lenny\">traditional device names</phrase> such as " "<filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "对于高级用户，想把 <command>LILO</command> 安装到其它地方很有用。这种方式下，您会被问到需要安装的位置。您可以采用<phrase condition=\"etch\"> devfs 风格的名称，比如名字开头是 <filename>/dev/ide</filename>、<filename>/dev/scsi</filename> 和 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>，以及传统的名字</phrase> <phrase condition=\"lenny\">传统的设备命名</phrase>，如 <filename>/dev/hda</filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" +msgstr "" +"对于高级用户，想把 <command>LILO</command> 安装到其它地方很有用。这种方式下，" +"您会被问到需要安装的位置。您可以采用<phrase condition=\"etch\"> devfs 风格的" +"名称，比如名字开头是 <filename>/dev/ide</filename>、<filename>/dev/scsi</" +"filename> 和 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>，以及传统的名字</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"lenny\">传统的设备命名</phrase>，如 <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3319,13 +3441,13 @@ msgstr "" "录 — 但这也意味着您要使用其他方法才能启动 Debian！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3350,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3365,13 +3487,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3387,13 +3509,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3419,13 +3541,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3436,13 +3558,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3455,13 +3577,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3474,13 +3596,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3491,13 +3613,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3510,13 +3632,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3556,13 +3678,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3570,13 +3692,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3585,13 +3707,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3599,13 +3721,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3615,13 +3737,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3647,13 +3769,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3663,20 +3785,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3684,13 +3806,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3700,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3710,19 +3832,19 @@ msgstr "" "认的设置，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3740,13 +3862,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3759,13 +3881,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3780,13 +3902,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3813,13 +3935,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot loader 继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3835,7 +3957,7 @@ msgstr "" "在机器上，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3854,13 +3976,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3868,13 +3990,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3886,7 +4008,7 @@ msgstr "" "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的工作，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3899,13 +4021,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3916,13 +4038,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3933,7 +4055,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3947,13 +4069,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -3977,7 +4099,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -3992,7 +4114,7 @@ msgstr "" "到安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4008,7 +4130,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bourne shell 的克隆，有一些如自动完成与历史纪录这样的好特性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4019,7 +4141,7 @@ msgstr "" "以在 <filename>/var/log</filename> 目录找到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4030,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr "" "题时进行调试。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4042,13 +4164,13 @@ msgstr "" "该让安装程序激活交换分区，而不是在 shell 里面自己动手。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4063,7 +4185,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4083,7 +4205,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4091,7 +4213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4111,7 +4233,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4122,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4150,7 +4272,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4166,7 +4288,7 @@ msgstr "" "再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4183,7 +4305,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4196,7 +4318,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index e4205b758..8b31f5ed8 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-21 00:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2711,22 +2711,138 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " -"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " -"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " -"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " -"is complete." +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" -#. Tag: title +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1989 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using a network mirror" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a " +"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer " +"should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a " +"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a " +"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer " +"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the " +"installation<footnote> Adding that option is planned. </footnote>. If you " +"have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using " +"only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the " +"installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " +"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " +"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be " +"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in " +"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages " +"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet " +"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images " +"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can " +"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</" +"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the " +"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </" +"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to " +"select and install additional packages<footnote> It is possible to add both " +"additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has " +"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the " +"distribution available for installation. </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will alway use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) " +"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages " +"are present on the CD/DVD." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may " +"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile " +"update available for them and those services have been configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 +#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2738,7 +2854,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2758,7 +2874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -2767,7 +2883,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -2776,7 +2892,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -2794,7 +2910,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -2806,7 +2922,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2074 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -2817,7 +2933,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2081 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2825,7 +2941,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -2837,7 +2953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -2849,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2859,13 +2975,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2120 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2878,13 +2994,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2137 +#: using-d-i.xml:2248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2898,7 +3014,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2912,13 +3028,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2163 +#: using-d-i.xml:2274 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2937,13 +3053,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2184 +#: using-d-i.xml:2295 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2185 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2958,19 +3074,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2194 +#: using-d-i.xml:2305 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2319 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2981,7 +3097,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2214 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2993,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2220 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3005,13 +3121,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2344 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3027,7 +3143,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3040,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2253 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3048,13 +3164,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3062,13 +3178,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3079,13 +3195,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3103,7 +3219,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3118,13 +3234,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2417 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3149,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3164,13 +3280,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2449 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3186,13 +3302,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2353 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3218,13 +3334,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3235,13 +3351,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2387 +#: using-d-i.xml:2498 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2388 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3254,13 +3370,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2398 +#: using-d-i.xml:2509 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3273,13 +3389,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3290,13 +3406,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3309,13 +3425,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2555 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3355,13 +3471,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2574 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2464 +#: using-d-i.xml:2575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3369,13 +3485,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2583 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2473 +#: using-d-i.xml:2584 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3384,13 +3500,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2592 using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2482 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3398,13 +3514,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2601 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3414,13 +3530,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2512 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3446,13 +3562,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2643 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2533 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3462,20 +3578,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2541 +#: using-d-i.xml:2652 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2542 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2551 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3483,13 +3599,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2559 +#: using-d-i.xml:2670 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2560 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3499,7 +3615,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2570 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3509,19 +3625,19 @@ msgstr "" "預設的開機設定，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2586 +#: using-d-i.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2587 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3539,13 +3655,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2606 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3559,13 +3675,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2623 +#: using-d-i.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3580,13 +3696,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2640 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2642 +#: using-d-i.xml:2753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3614,13 +3730,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2667 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2669 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3636,7 +3752,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3655,13 +3771,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2806 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2696 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3669,13 +3785,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3687,7 +3803,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2717 +#: using-d-i.xml:2828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3700,13 +3816,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2732 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3717,13 +3833,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3734,7 +3850,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2865 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3748,13 +3864,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#: using-d-i.xml:2887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -3770,7 +3886,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -3781,7 +3897,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2802 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3797,7 +3913,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -3806,7 +3922,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2818 +#: using-d-i.xml:2929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -3815,7 +3931,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2824 +#: using-d-i.xml:2935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -3825,13 +3941,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2839 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3843,7 +3959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3857,7 +3973,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2864 +#: using-d-i.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3865,7 +3981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3879,7 +3995,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2881 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3888,7 +4004,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3907,7 +4023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:3015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3919,7 +4035,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3932,7 +4048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:3034 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3943,7 +4059,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2931 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " |